1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
989 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
990 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
991 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
993 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
995 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
996 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
998 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1000 int within_current_scope
;
1001 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1002 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1004 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1006 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1007 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1008 breakpoints if needed. */
1011 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1014 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1015 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1016 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1017 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1019 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1021 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1022 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1023 within_current_scope
= 1;
1026 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1027 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1028 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1029 if (within_current_scope
)
1033 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1035 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1044 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1045 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1046 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1047 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1048 be completely different objects. */
1049 value_free (b
->val
);
1054 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1055 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1056 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1057 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1058 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1059 if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1061 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1063 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1065 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1066 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1067 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1068 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1075 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1076 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1077 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1078 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1081 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1083 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1085 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1088 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1091 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1092 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1093 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1094 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1096 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1100 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1101 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1103 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1104 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1105 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1106 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1107 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1108 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1109 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1111 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1113 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1114 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1115 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1117 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1118 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1122 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1124 addr
= value_address (v
);
1125 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1127 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1129 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1132 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1133 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1136 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1138 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1139 loc
->address
= addr
;
1141 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1145 next
= value_next (v
);
1150 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1151 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1152 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1153 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1154 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1156 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1157 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1160 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1162 printf_filtered (_("\
1163 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1164 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1166 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1167 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1168 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1171 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1172 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1176 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1177 inserted in the inferior. */
1179 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1181 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1184 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1187 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1190 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1192 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1198 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1199 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1200 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1202 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1203 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1205 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1206 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1207 int *disabled_breaks
,
1208 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1212 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1215 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1216 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1217 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1218 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1220 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1221 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1223 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1225 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1226 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1227 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1228 Two important cases are:
1229 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1230 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1231 hardware breakpoint.
1232 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1233 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1234 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1236 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1237 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1238 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1239 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1240 struct mem_region
*mr
1241 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1245 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1248 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1250 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1251 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1253 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1255 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1257 static int said
= 0;
1258 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1261 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1262 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1267 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1268 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1269 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1270 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1274 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1275 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1276 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1277 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1279 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1281 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1282 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1285 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1290 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1291 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1292 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1294 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1295 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1296 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1297 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1298 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1299 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1302 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1304 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1305 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1306 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1307 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1308 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1310 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1311 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1312 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1315 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1316 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1318 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1319 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1320 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1323 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1328 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1329 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1336 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1337 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1339 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1341 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1342 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1344 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1345 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1346 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1347 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1348 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1350 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1351 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1352 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1356 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1358 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1359 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1360 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1361 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1365 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1366 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1367 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1368 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1369 "Error accessing memory address ");
1370 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1372 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1373 safe_strerror (val
));
1384 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1385 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1386 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1387 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1389 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1391 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1392 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1395 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1397 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1398 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1399 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1400 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1402 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1406 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1407 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1408 so just return success. */
1415 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1416 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1420 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1422 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1423 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1425 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1428 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1429 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1432 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1433 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1434 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1436 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1438 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1440 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1441 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1443 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1444 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1446 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1452 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1453 removed locations above. */
1454 update_global_location_list (0);
1457 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1458 Throws exception on any error.
1459 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1460 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1462 insert_breakpoints (void)
1464 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1466 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1467 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1468 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1470 update_global_location_list (1);
1472 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1473 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1475 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1476 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1479 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1480 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1481 Both return zero if successful,
1482 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1485 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1487 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1488 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1491 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1492 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1494 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1495 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1497 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1498 there was an error. */
1499 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1501 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1505 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1506 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1508 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1511 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1512 thread no longer exists. */
1513 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1514 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1517 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1519 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1520 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1521 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1522 insert breakpoints. */
1523 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1524 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1527 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1529 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1530 if (inf
->waiting_for_vfork_done
)
1532 /* This is set when we're attached to the parent of the
1533 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child
1534 is running free, and we expect it to do an exec or
1535 exit, at which point the OS makes the parent
1536 schedulable again (and the target reports that the
1537 vfork is done). Until the child is done with the
1538 shared memory region, do not insert breakpoints in
1539 parent, otherwise the child could still trip on the
1540 parent's breakpoints. Since the parent is blocked
1541 anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1546 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1548 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1553 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1554 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1557 int some_failed
= 0;
1558 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1560 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1563 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1566 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1569 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1577 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1579 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1581 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1582 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1583 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1591 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1592 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1593 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1595 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1596 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1597 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1599 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1600 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1603 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1607 remove_breakpoints (void)
1609 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1615 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1620 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1623 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1625 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1627 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1629 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1631 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1636 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1645 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1647 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1650 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1652 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1653 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1659 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1661 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1662 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1664 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1665 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1666 struct inferior
*inf
;
1667 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1669 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1673 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1674 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1676 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1678 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1682 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1688 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1692 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1701 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1703 static struct breakpoint
*
1704 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1705 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1707 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1708 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1710 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1713 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1714 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1716 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1717 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1718 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1724 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1726 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1728 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1731 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1733 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1737 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1738 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1740 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1742 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1744 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1745 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1749 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1750 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1753 update_global_location_list (1);
1757 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1759 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1760 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1761 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1763 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1765 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1766 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1768 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1769 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1771 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1774 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1776 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1780 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1781 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1783 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1784 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1786 update_global_location_list (1);
1788 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1792 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1794 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1795 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1796 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1798 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1799 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1800 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1801 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1802 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1803 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1804 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1805 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1806 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1807 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1808 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1812 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1815 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1816 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1818 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1822 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1823 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1829 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1830 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1831 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1832 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1838 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1839 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1841 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1845 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1847 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1849 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1853 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1855 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1856 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1857 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1858 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1862 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1863 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1864 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1865 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1866 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1867 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1869 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1870 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1871 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1872 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1873 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1874 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1875 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1877 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1878 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1879 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1880 let finish_command delete it.
1882 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1883 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1884 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1885 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1886 solib breakpoints.) */
1888 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1893 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1894 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1896 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1898 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1902 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1903 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1904 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1905 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1906 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1907 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1911 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1913 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1915 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1916 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1918 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1919 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1921 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1922 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1925 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1929 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1931 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1935 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
1936 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
1937 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
1938 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
1939 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
1942 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
1945 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1947 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
1948 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1951 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1952 This should not ever happen. */
1953 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
1955 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1956 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1958 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1959 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1960 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1962 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1963 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1964 || b
->section
== NULL
1965 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
1967 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1969 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1970 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
1972 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
1976 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1977 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1978 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1980 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1981 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1983 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1984 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1985 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1986 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
1987 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
1989 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
1990 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
1992 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1993 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1996 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1997 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1998 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1999 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2000 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2001 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2004 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2005 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2006 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2007 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2008 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2015 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2020 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2021 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2022 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2023 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2028 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2030 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2035 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2036 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2037 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2039 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2040 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2041 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2044 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2045 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2048 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2050 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2053 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2060 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2063 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2065 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2066 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2069 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2070 This should not ever happen. */
2071 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2073 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2075 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2077 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2079 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2083 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2086 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2088 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2090 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2091 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2095 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2096 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2098 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2101 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2102 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2103 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2108 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2110 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2111 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2113 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2115 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2117 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2122 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2123 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2127 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2129 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2135 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2137 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2138 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2141 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2142 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2146 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2147 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2148 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2150 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2151 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2152 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2153 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2155 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2156 in insert_breakpoints. */
2158 value_free (b
->val
);
2168 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2169 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2170 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2171 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2174 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2175 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2176 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2177 match, not program space. */
2179 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2180 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2181 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2182 permanent breakpoint.
2183 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2184 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2185 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2186 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2187 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2189 enum breakpoint_here
2190 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2192 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2193 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2195 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2197 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2198 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2201 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2202 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2203 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2206 if (overlay_debugging
2207 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2208 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2209 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2210 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2211 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2213 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2217 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2220 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2223 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2225 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2228 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2229 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2236 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2237 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2238 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2239 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2242 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2244 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2246 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2248 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2249 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2253 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2256 if (overlay_debugging
2257 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2258 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2259 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2267 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2268 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2271 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2273 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2276 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2282 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2286 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2288 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2289 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2291 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2293 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2297 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2300 if (overlay_debugging
2301 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2302 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2303 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2309 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2310 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2316 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2317 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2320 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2323 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2324 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2330 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2331 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2334 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2335 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2338 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2342 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2344 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2345 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2346 it is now time to do so. */
2348 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2349 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2353 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2355 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2356 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2357 it is now time to do so. */
2359 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2360 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2364 if (overlay_debugging
2365 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2366 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2367 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2376 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2380 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2382 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2386 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2388 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2389 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2390 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2394 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2395 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2398 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2415 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2416 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2419 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2423 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2428 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2430 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2431 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2432 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2433 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2434 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2436 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2437 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2441 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2451 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2454 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2459 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2461 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2467 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2468 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2469 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2471 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2472 step_resume breakpoint.
2474 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2476 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2480 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2482 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2484 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2486 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2487 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2488 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2489 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2490 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2493 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2497 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2498 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2499 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2500 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2501 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2502 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2504 Return 1 otherwise. */
2507 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2509 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2512 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2514 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2515 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2516 this function might return the same number more
2517 than once and this will look ugly. */
2518 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2519 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2521 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2523 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2527 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2530 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2532 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2534 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2535 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2537 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2543 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2546 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2548 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2550 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2552 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2553 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2554 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2555 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2560 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2563 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2565 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2567 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2570 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2571 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2572 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2573 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2575 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2576 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2577 bpstat of the current thread. */
2580 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2583 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2586 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2588 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2591 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2592 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2594 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2597 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2598 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2600 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2601 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2603 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2605 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2606 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2607 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2608 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2609 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2610 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2611 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2612 the tree when we're done. */
2615 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2619 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2621 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2627 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2628 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2630 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2632 if (target_can_async_p ())
2633 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2634 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2635 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2638 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2639 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2640 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2641 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2642 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2643 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2644 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2645 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2646 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2647 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2648 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2649 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2650 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2655 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2660 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2662 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2663 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2664 && target_has_execution
2665 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2666 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2667 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2668 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2669 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2670 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2671 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2675 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2678 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2681 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2684 struct value_print_options opts
;
2685 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2686 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2690 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2691 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2692 by having it set different print_it values.
2694 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2695 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2696 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2697 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2698 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2700 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2701 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2702 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2703 don't print anything else.
2704 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2705 that something to be followed by a location.
2706 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2707 that something to be followed by a location.
2708 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2711 static enum print_stop_action
2712 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2714 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2715 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2716 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2717 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2719 enum print_stop_action result
;
2721 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2722 which has since been deleted. */
2723 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2724 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2725 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2728 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2729 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2734 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2735 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2736 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2737 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2740 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2742 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2744 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2745 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2747 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2748 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2749 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2751 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2752 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2753 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2756 case bp_shlib_event
:
2757 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2758 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2759 to shlib event" message.) */
2760 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2761 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2764 case bp_thread_event
:
2765 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2766 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2767 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2768 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2771 case bp_overlay_event
:
2772 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2773 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2774 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2777 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2778 /* These should never be enabled. */
2779 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2780 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2784 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2785 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2786 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2789 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2791 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2792 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2793 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2794 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2795 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2796 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2797 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2798 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2799 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2800 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2803 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2807 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2809 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2810 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2811 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2812 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2813 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2814 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2817 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2818 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2820 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2821 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2824 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2826 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2827 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2828 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2829 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2830 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2835 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2838 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2839 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2840 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2842 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2843 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2844 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2845 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2848 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2852 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2855 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2856 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2860 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2863 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2864 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2869 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2870 case bp_step_resume
:
2871 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2876 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2880 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2884 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2885 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2886 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2887 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2890 static enum print_stop_action
2891 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2893 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2896 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2897 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2901 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2902 relevant messages. */
2903 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2906 case print_it_normal
:
2908 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2909 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
2911 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2912 print_it_typical. */
2913 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2914 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
2915 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
2917 return print_it_typical (bs
);
2922 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
2923 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2928 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2929 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2930 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2931 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2932 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2933 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2936 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2937 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2938 code to print the location. An example is
2939 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2941 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2942 to also print the location part of the message.
2943 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2944 don't require a location appended to the end.
2945 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2946 further info to be printed.*/
2948 enum print_stop_action
2949 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
2953 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2954 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2955 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2956 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2957 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2959 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
2960 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2961 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2962 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
2966 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2967 with and nothing was printed. */
2968 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2971 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2972 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2973 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2974 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2977 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
2979 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
2980 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
2981 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
2985 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2988 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
2992 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
2994 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
2995 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2996 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
2998 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3002 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3003 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3006 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3008 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3010 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3012 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3014 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3015 as not triggered. */
3017 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3018 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3019 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3020 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3025 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3027 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3028 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3030 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3031 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3032 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3033 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3035 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3038 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3039 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3043 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3044 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3045 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3047 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3050 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3051 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3052 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3054 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3058 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3066 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3067 because of check_errors). */
3068 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3069 #define WP_DELETED 1
3070 /* The value has changed. */
3071 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3072 /* The value has not changed. */
3073 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3075 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3076 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3078 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3081 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3083 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3084 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3085 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3086 int within_current_scope
;
3088 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3090 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3091 within_current_scope
= 1;
3094 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3095 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3096 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3098 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3099 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3101 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3102 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3103 if (within_current_scope
)
3105 struct symbol
*function
;
3107 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3108 if (function
== NULL
3109 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3110 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3111 within_current_scope
= 0;
3114 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3115 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3116 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3117 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3118 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3119 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3120 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3121 is likely to be wrong. */
3122 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3123 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3125 if (within_current_scope
)
3126 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3127 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3132 if (within_current_scope
)
3134 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3135 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3136 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3137 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3139 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3140 struct value
*new_val
;
3142 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3143 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3144 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3146 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3148 release_value (new_val
);
3149 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3151 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3154 /* We will stop here */
3155 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3159 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3160 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3161 /* We won't stop here */
3162 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3167 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3168 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3169 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3170 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3171 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3172 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3173 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3174 the first value assigned). */
3175 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3176 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3177 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3178 information here. */
3179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3181 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3183 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3184 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3185 which its expression is valid.\n");
3187 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3188 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3189 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3195 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3196 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3197 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3199 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3200 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3202 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3204 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3205 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3206 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3207 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3208 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3209 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3211 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3214 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3215 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3216 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3220 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3221 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3222 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3223 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3224 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3225 (did not match the data address). */
3227 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3228 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3229 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3230 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3233 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3235 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3237 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3238 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3239 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3243 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3245 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3246 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3253 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3254 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3257 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3259 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3260 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3262 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3263 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3264 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3265 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3269 int must_check_value
= 0;
3271 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3272 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3274 must_check_value
= 1;
3275 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3276 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3277 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3279 must_check_value
= 1;
3280 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3281 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3282 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3283 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3284 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3285 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3286 must_check_value
= 1;
3288 if (must_check_value
)
3290 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3292 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3293 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3295 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3299 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3300 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3303 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3304 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3306 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3307 the value has changed. This is for targets
3308 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3309 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3313 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3314 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3315 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3317 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3318 the value hasn't changed. */
3319 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3327 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3328 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3329 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3330 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3331 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3332 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3333 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3337 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3339 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3340 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3341 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3342 anything for this watchpoint. */
3343 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3350 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3351 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3352 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3354 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3356 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3357 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3358 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3360 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3361 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3365 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3367 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3368 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3369 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3371 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3372 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3374 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3376 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3377 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3378 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3379 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3381 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3383 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3384 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3385 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3386 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3387 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3389 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3391 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3392 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3394 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3395 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3397 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3401 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3405 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3408 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3410 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3418 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3419 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3421 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3422 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3424 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3426 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3428 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3429 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3430 several reasons concurrently.)
3432 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3433 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3436 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3439 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3440 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3441 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3442 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3443 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3444 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3445 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3447 int need_remove_insert
, update_locations
= 0;
3449 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3453 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3456 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3457 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3458 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3459 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3462 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3465 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3468 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3470 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3472 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3473 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3478 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3482 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3483 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3484 /* We do not stop for these. */
3487 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3491 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
)
3494 /* We will stop here */
3495 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3497 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3498 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3499 update_locations
= 1;
3503 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3505 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3506 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3508 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3511 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3514 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3515 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3516 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3519 /* Delay this call which would break the ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration above. */
3520 if (update_locations
)
3521 update_global_location_list (0);
3523 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3525 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3528 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3529 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3532 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3536 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3537 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3539 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3540 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3541 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3543 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3547 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3549 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3551 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3552 && (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3553 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3554 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
3556 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3557 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3558 further code from trying to use it. */
3559 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3560 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3563 if (need_remove_insert
)
3565 remove_breakpoints ();
3566 insert_breakpoints ();
3569 return root_bs
->next
;
3572 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3574 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3576 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3579 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3582 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3585 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3588 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3591 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3594 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3597 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3600 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3603 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3606 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3609 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3612 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3616 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3617 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3618 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3619 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3620 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3621 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3622 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3623 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3624 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3625 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3626 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3627 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3629 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3630 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3631 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3632 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3634 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3635 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3636 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3637 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3638 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3639 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3640 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3642 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3643 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3644 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3645 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3648 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3649 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3650 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3651 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3658 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3659 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3660 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3661 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3662 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3664 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3665 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3666 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3668 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3669 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3672 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3673 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3674 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3675 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3676 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3677 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3678 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3679 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3680 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3681 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3682 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3683 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3697 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3698 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3700 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3701 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3703 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3704 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3705 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3706 which has since been deleted. */
3708 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3709 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3711 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3717 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3723 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3725 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3728 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3731 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3732 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3733 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3737 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3739 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3742 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3743 This requires no further action. */
3744 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3747 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3749 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3750 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3752 case bp_step_resume
:
3755 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3758 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3759 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3761 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3762 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3764 case bp_shlib_event
:
3765 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3768 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3770 case bp_thread_event
:
3771 case bp_overlay_event
:
3772 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3773 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3779 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3781 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3784 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3785 This requires no further action. */
3786 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3789 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3790 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3791 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3792 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3795 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3796 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3798 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3799 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3802 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3804 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3808 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3809 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3810 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3813 bpstat_should_step (void)
3815 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3817 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3824 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3825 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3827 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3829 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3832 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3837 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3840 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3841 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3842 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3843 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3844 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3847 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3849 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3851 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3852 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3855 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3858 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3862 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3866 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3867 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3870 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3873 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3875 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3876 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3878 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
3879 int print_address_bits
,
3882 struct command_line
*l
;
3884 struct ep_type_description
3889 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
3891 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
3892 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
3893 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
3894 {bp_until
, "until"},
3895 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
3896 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
3897 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
3898 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
3899 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
3900 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
3901 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
3902 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
3903 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
3904 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
3905 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
3906 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
3907 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
3908 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
3909 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
3910 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
3911 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
3914 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
3915 char wrap_indent
[80];
3916 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3917 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3918 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
3920 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
3921 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
3922 struct value_print_options opts
;
3924 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3926 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
3927 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3928 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3932 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
3933 header_of_multiple
= 1;
3938 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
3942 if (part_of_multiple
)
3945 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
3946 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
3951 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
3956 if (part_of_multiple
)
3957 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
3960 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
3961 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
3962 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3963 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3965 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
3970 if (part_of_multiple
)
3971 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
3973 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3978 if (part_of_multiple
)
3979 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
3981 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
3982 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
3983 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
3987 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
3988 if (opts
.addressprint
)
3990 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
3991 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
3993 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
3996 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
3998 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3999 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4000 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4001 just one location. */
4002 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4003 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4009 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4010 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4014 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4015 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4016 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4017 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4018 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4019 is relatively readable). */
4020 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4021 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4023 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4027 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4031 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4032 case bp_step_resume
:
4033 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4035 case bp_shlib_event
:
4036 case bp_thread_event
:
4037 case bp_overlay_event
:
4038 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4041 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4044 if (header_of_multiple
)
4045 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4046 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4047 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4049 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4050 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4053 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4054 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4061 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4064 && !header_of_multiple
4066 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4067 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4068 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4069 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4071 struct inferior
*inf
;
4074 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4076 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4081 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4084 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4085 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4090 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4092 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4094 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4095 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4096 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4097 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4099 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4101 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4102 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4106 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4108 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4111 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4112 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4114 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4115 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4116 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4119 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4121 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4122 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4123 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4125 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4126 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4128 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4129 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4130 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4133 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4135 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4137 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4141 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4143 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4144 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4145 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4147 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4148 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4149 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4150 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4151 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4153 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4156 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4157 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4158 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4159 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4160 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4162 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4165 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4166 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4167 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4171 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4173 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4176 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4177 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4178 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4181 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4183 annotate_field (10);
4184 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4185 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4186 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4189 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4191 annotate_field (11);
4192 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4193 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4194 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4197 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4199 struct action_line
*action
;
4200 annotate_field (12);
4201 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4203 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4204 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4205 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4209 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4212 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4213 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4214 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4217 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4218 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4222 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4223 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4226 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4227 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4229 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4230 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4231 locations, if any. */
4232 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4234 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4235 disabled, we print it as if it had
4236 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4237 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4239 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4240 several locations internally, that's no a property
4243 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4244 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4245 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4247 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4249 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4250 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4251 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4257 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4259 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4260 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4262 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4264 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (b
->gdbarch
);
4265 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4266 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4269 return print_address_bits
;
4272 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4278 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4280 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4282 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4285 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4287 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4288 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4296 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4298 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4300 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4302 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4303 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4309 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4310 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4313 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4315 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4316 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4317 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4318 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4319 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4320 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4321 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4322 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4325 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4326 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4327 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4330 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4332 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4333 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4334 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4335 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4336 struct value_print_options opts
;
4337 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4339 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4341 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4342 size required for address fields. */
4343 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4346 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4348 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4350 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4351 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4352 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4354 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4358 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4360 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4364 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4367 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4368 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4369 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4371 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4372 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4374 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4375 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4377 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4378 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4380 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4381 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4383 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4385 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4386 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4388 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4390 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4392 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4393 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4394 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4395 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4399 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4401 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4403 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4404 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4407 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4409 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4412 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4414 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4419 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4420 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4423 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4424 there have been breakpoints? */
4425 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4429 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4434 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4436 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4440 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4445 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4447 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4451 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4452 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4453 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4455 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4456 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4458 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4459 && bl
->address
== pc
4460 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4466 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4467 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4471 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4472 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4473 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4476 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4479 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4483 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4484 else /* if (others == ???) */
4485 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4487 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4490 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4491 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4492 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4493 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4494 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4495 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4496 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4497 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4498 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4500 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4504 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4506 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4507 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4508 printf_filtered (".\n");
4512 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4513 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4516 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4517 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4520 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4521 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4522 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4523 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4524 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4527 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4528 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4529 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4530 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4532 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4533 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4534 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4537 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4539 bp_access_watchpoint
4543 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4545 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4547 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
4548 && type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4549 && type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
4550 && type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
4551 && type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4554 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4555 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4556 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4557 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4560 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4561 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4563 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4564 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4569 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4570 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4575 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4576 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4578 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4579 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4581 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4584 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4585 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4586 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4587 this function is simply the identity function. */
4590 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4591 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4593 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4595 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4598 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4599 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4600 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4601 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4602 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4604 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4605 have their addresses modified. */
4610 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4612 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4613 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4614 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4616 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4617 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4619 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4620 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4622 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4626 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4628 static struct bp_location
*
4629 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4631 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4633 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4634 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4638 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4648 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4649 case bp_step_resume
:
4650 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4652 case bp_shlib_event
:
4653 case bp_thread_event
:
4654 case bp_overlay_event
:
4656 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4657 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4659 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4660 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4662 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4663 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4664 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4665 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4669 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4672 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4678 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4683 if (loc
->function_name
)
4684 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4689 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4690 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4691 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4693 static struct breakpoint
*
4694 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4697 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4699 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4700 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4703 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4704 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4705 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4707 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4710 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4712 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4713 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4714 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4715 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4717 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4719 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4720 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4721 of increasing numbers. */
4723 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4725 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4735 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4737 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4739 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4740 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4741 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4743 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4745 if (loc
->function_name
)
4746 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4750 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4751 static struct gdbarch
*
4752 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4755 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4757 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4762 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4763 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4764 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4765 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4766 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4767 is also returned as the value of this function.
4769 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4770 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4771 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4772 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4773 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4774 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4775 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4778 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4779 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4781 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4782 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4783 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4785 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4787 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4789 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4790 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4792 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4793 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4794 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4795 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4796 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4797 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4798 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4800 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4801 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4802 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4803 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4804 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4806 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4807 breakpoint resetting. */
4808 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4810 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4811 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4813 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4814 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4815 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4817 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4819 breakpoints_changed ();
4825 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4826 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4828 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4830 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4831 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4833 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4834 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4835 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4836 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4837 but it's easy to implmement. */
4838 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4842 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4843 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4844 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4847 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4849 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4851 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4852 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
4853 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
4854 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
4855 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4856 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
4857 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
4859 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
4860 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
4861 clone
->thread
= thread
;
4865 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4867 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4869 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4872 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
4874 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
4875 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4880 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4882 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4885 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4887 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4888 update_global_location_list (1);
4889 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
4894 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4896 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4899 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4901 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4902 update_global_location_list (0);
4903 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
4908 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4910 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4912 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
4914 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4915 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4917 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
4919 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4925 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4927 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4930 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
4931 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4932 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4935 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4938 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
4939 char ***addr_string_p
;
4943 struct lang_and_radix
4949 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
4952 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4954 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4956 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
4957 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4962 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4964 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4967 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
4968 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4969 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4973 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4975 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4977 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
4978 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4982 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4983 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4986 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4988 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
4990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
4992 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
4993 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4994 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4995 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4996 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4997 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4998 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
4999 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5000 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5001 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5002 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5004 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5006 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5010 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5015 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5016 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5019 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5021 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5022 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5024 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5025 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5026 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5027 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5028 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5029 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5032 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5034 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5035 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5036 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5037 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5038 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5039 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5040 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5042 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5043 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5044 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5045 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5047 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5049 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5050 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5053 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5058 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5060 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5063 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5065 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5068 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5071 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5073 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5076 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5080 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5082 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5085 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5087 static enum print_stop_action
5088 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5090 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5091 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5092 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5093 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5096 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5099 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5101 struct value_print_options opts
;
5103 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5105 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5106 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5107 is relatively readable). */
5108 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5109 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5111 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5112 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5114 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5115 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5116 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5117 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5121 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5125 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5127 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5130 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5132 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5136 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5137 print_it_catch_fork
,
5138 print_one_catch_fork
,
5139 print_mention_catch_fork
5142 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5145 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5147 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5150 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5153 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5155 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5158 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5162 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5164 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5167 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5169 static enum print_stop_action
5170 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5172 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5173 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5174 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5175 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5178 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5181 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5183 struct value_print_options opts
;
5185 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5186 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5187 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5188 is relatively readable). */
5189 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5190 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5192 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5193 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5195 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5196 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5197 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5198 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5202 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5206 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5208 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5211 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5213 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5217 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5218 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5219 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5220 print_mention_catch_vfork
5223 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5227 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5229 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5231 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5232 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5233 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5238 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5242 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5244 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5245 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5247 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5248 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5250 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5251 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5253 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5254 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5258 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5259 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5260 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5261 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5262 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5265 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5269 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5271 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5273 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5274 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5275 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5280 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5284 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5285 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5287 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5288 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5292 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5293 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5294 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5295 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5296 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5299 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5303 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5305 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5306 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5307 syscall we are catching. */
5308 int syscall_number
= 0;
5310 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5313 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5314 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5318 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5320 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5330 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5333 static enum print_stop_action
5334 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5336 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5337 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5338 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5339 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5341 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5343 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5346 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5348 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5350 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5353 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5355 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5357 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5359 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5360 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5361 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5362 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5363 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5364 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5366 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5368 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5371 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5375 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5376 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5378 struct value_print_options opts
;
5380 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5381 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5382 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5383 is relatively readable). */
5384 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5385 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5388 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5389 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5390 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5392 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5394 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5397 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5399 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5404 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5407 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5409 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5411 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5412 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5416 /* Remove the last comma. */
5417 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5418 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5421 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5422 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5425 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5429 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5431 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5435 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5436 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5438 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5441 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5445 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5448 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5450 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5452 printf_filtered (")");
5455 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5459 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5461 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5463 insert_catch_syscall
,
5464 remove_catch_syscall
,
5465 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5466 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5467 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5468 print_mention_catch_syscall
5471 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5474 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5476 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5479 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5480 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5481 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5482 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5484 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5485 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5486 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5487 to the catchpoint. */
5489 static struct breakpoint
*
5490 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5492 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5494 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5495 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5498 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5500 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5501 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5502 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5504 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5506 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5507 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5508 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5514 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5516 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5517 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5518 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5519 to the catchpoint. */
5521 static struct breakpoint
*
5522 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5523 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5525 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5526 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5529 update_global_location_list (1);
5535 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5536 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5537 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5539 struct breakpoint
*b
5540 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5542 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5544 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5547 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5550 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5552 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5556 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5558 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5562 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5564 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5567 static enum print_stop_action
5568 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5570 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5571 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5573 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5577 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5579 struct value_print_options opts
;
5581 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5583 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5584 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5585 is relatively readable). */
5586 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5587 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5589 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5590 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5592 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5593 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5594 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5599 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5601 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5604 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5608 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5609 print_it_catch_exec
,
5610 print_one_catch_exec
,
5611 print_mention_catch_exec
5615 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5616 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5618 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5619 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5620 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5622 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5624 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5627 update_global_location_list (1);
5631 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5633 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5638 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5646 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5648 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5651 *other_type_used
= 0;
5654 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5656 if (b
->type
== type
)
5658 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5659 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5660 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5661 *other_type_used
= 1;
5668 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5670 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5674 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5675 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5676 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5677 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5678 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5680 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5681 update_global_location_list (0);
5687 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5689 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5693 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5694 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5695 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5696 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5697 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5699 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5700 update_global_location_list (1);
5706 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5708 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5713 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5716 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5717 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5718 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5720 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5726 update_global_location_list (0);
5728 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5732 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5737 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5741 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5744 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5745 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5746 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5748 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5754 breakpoint_re_set ();
5758 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5759 at address specified by SAL.
5760 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5763 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5764 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5766 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5768 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5770 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5772 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5773 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5774 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5775 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5777 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5778 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5779 single thread of control. */
5780 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5781 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5783 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5788 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5792 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5794 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5796 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5800 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5801 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5802 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5804 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5805 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5806 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5807 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5808 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5810 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5811 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5813 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5815 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5816 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5817 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5818 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5820 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5821 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5822 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5824 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5829 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5832 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5834 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5836 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5837 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5839 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5843 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5846 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5849 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5850 struct value_print_options opts
;
5852 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5854 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5855 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5856 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5857 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5858 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
5860 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
5861 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
5866 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
5869 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
5870 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5871 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5872 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5873 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5874 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5876 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5877 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5878 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5879 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5880 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5881 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5882 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5884 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5885 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5886 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
5887 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5888 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5889 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5890 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5892 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5893 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5894 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
5895 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5896 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5898 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5901 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5906 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
5907 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5909 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5910 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
5913 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5914 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5919 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
5923 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5928 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5929 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
5936 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5937 case bp_step_resume
:
5939 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5940 case bp_shlib_event
:
5941 case bp_thread_event
:
5942 case bp_overlay_event
:
5944 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5950 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5954 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
5958 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
5960 printf_filtered (" at ");
5961 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
5965 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5966 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
5970 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
5972 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5974 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
5979 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5981 printf_filtered ("\n");
5985 static struct bp_location
*
5986 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5987 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
5989 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
5991 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5992 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
5995 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
5997 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5998 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
5999 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6000 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6001 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6002 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6003 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6005 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6010 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6011 return 0 otherwise. */
6014 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6018 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6019 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6020 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6023 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6025 addr
= loc
->address
;
6026 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6028 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6032 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6034 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6035 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6036 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6037 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6040 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6042 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6043 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6046 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6053 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6054 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6055 as condition expression. */
6058 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6059 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6061 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6062 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6063 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6065 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6068 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6070 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6071 int target_resources_ok
=
6072 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6074 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6075 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6076 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6077 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6080 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6082 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6084 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6085 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6089 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6091 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6093 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6094 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6099 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6100 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6101 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6105 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6106 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6107 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6108 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6110 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6112 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6113 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6114 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6115 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6121 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6124 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6125 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6129 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6130 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6132 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6137 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6139 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6142 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6148 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6149 elements to fill the void space. */
6151 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6153 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6154 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6156 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6157 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6162 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6163 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6164 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6165 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6166 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6167 single expanded sal, return the original.
6169 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6170 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6171 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6172 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6173 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6175 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6176 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6178 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6179 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6180 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6183 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6185 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6186 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6187 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6190 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6191 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6197 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6199 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6201 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6203 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6204 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6206 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6208 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
6209 processing, just return the original sal. */
6210 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6212 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6213 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6214 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6215 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6219 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6221 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6222 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6224 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6225 char *this_function
;
6227 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6229 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6231 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6232 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6235 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6237 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6240 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6242 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6244 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6246 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6249 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6250 we should really always find the section here. */
6251 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6254 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6255 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6257 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6266 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6268 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6269 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6270 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6274 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6276 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6278 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6279 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6280 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6281 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6283 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6284 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6285 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6292 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6293 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6304 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6305 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6306 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6307 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6308 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6309 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6310 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6311 we take just a single condition string.
6313 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6314 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6315 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6316 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6317 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6320 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6321 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6323 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6324 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6325 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6329 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6331 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6332 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6334 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6335 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6336 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6340 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6341 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6342 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6343 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6346 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6347 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6348 char ***addr_string
,
6351 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6352 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6353 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6355 if ((*address
) == NULL
6356 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6358 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6360 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6361 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6362 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6363 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6364 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6365 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6366 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6367 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6368 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6370 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6371 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6372 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6373 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6375 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6377 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6381 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6385 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6386 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6387 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6388 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6389 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6390 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6392 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6394 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6396 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6397 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6398 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6399 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6402 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6403 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6405 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6406 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6407 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6408 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6411 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6413 /* Add the string if not present. */
6414 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6415 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6421 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6422 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6425 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6429 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6430 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6434 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6436 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6438 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6439 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6442 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6443 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6444 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6445 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6446 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6447 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6449 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6450 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6452 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6458 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6459 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6460 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6465 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6468 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6470 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6472 struct expression
*expr
;
6474 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6475 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6478 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6479 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6481 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6487 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6489 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6490 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6491 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6493 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6499 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6501 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6502 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6503 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task
);
6506 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6510 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6511 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6512 This function has two major modes of operations,
6513 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6514 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6515 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6516 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6517 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6521 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6522 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6523 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6524 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6526 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6527 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6531 struct gdb_exception e
;
6532 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6533 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6536 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6538 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6539 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6540 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6544 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6551 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6552 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6553 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6554 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6556 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6557 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6559 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6563 throw_exception (e
);
6567 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6569 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6572 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6573 throw_exception (e
);
6575 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6577 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6578 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6579 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6580 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6583 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6584 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6585 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6586 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6587 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6588 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6590 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6595 throw_exception (e
);
6602 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6603 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6607 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6608 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6610 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6611 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6614 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6615 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6616 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6617 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6618 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6620 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6621 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6622 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6624 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6625 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6628 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6629 are ok for the target. */
6631 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6633 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6635 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6637 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6638 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6642 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6644 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6645 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6646 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6647 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6650 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6653 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6657 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6660 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6661 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6664 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6665 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6666 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6670 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6671 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6673 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6675 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6676 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6677 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6679 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6680 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6681 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6682 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6683 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6685 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6686 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6688 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6689 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6690 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6691 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6697 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6698 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6699 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6701 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6702 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6705 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6706 update_global_location_list (1);
6709 /* Set a breakpoint.
6710 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6711 condition, and thread.
6712 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6713 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6717 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6719 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6720 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6722 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6724 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6725 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6726 0 /* Ignore count */,
6727 pending_break_support
,
6728 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6735 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6736 char *address
, char *condition
,
6737 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6738 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6739 int pending
, int enabled
)
6741 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6742 address
, condition
, thread
,
6743 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6744 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6747 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6751 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6752 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6753 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6756 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6759 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6762 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6763 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6765 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6767 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6770 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6771 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6773 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6774 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6779 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6782 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6785 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6789 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6791 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6792 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6793 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6796 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6797 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6798 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6800 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6801 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6802 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6803 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6807 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6809 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6813 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6816 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6819 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6820 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6824 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6825 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6826 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6829 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6830 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6832 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6834 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6836 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6838 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6845 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6847 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6851 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6853 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
6857 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6859 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
6863 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6865 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
6869 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6871 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
6872 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
6873 stop at <line>\n"));
6877 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6881 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
6883 else if (*arg
!= '*')
6888 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
6889 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
6890 function/method name */
6891 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
6893 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
6898 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
6900 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
6904 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
6906 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6910 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6914 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
6921 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6922 it is probably a line number. */
6923 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
6925 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
6930 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
6932 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
6936 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6938 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6941 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6942 hw_read: watch read,
6943 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6945 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
6947 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6948 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
6949 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6950 struct expression
*exp
;
6951 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
6952 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
6953 struct frame_info
*frame
;
6954 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
6955 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
6956 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
6958 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6959 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6960 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
6961 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
6962 enum bptype bp_type
;
6966 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6968 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6969 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
6971 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
6973 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6974 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
6976 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6977 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6978 be the thread identifier. */
6979 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
6981 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
6984 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6985 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
6987 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6988 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6989 reach a "thread" token. */
6990 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
6995 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
6998 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6999 calculate the length of the token. */
7001 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7003 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7005 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7006 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7007 only in a specific thread. */
7010 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7011 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7013 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7015 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7016 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7018 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7019 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7020 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7022 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7023 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7024 evaluate_expression() function. */
7029 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7031 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7032 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7034 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7036 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7037 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7039 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7042 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7043 mark
= value_mark ();
7044 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7046 release_value (val
);
7049 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7053 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7056 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7057 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7059 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7060 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7064 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7066 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7067 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7068 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7069 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7071 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7073 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7074 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7075 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7078 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7079 target_resources_ok
=
7080 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7082 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7083 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7085 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7086 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7089 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7090 watchpoint could not be set. */
7091 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7092 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7094 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7096 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7097 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7098 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7099 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7100 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7102 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7105 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7106 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7107 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7109 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7111 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7112 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7114 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7115 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7117 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7118 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7119 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7120 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7121 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7122 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7123 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7124 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7125 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7129 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7130 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_type
);
7131 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7132 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7134 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7136 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7137 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7140 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7142 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7147 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7149 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7151 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7153 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7154 need to act on them together. */
7155 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7156 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7159 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7161 update_global_location_list (1);
7164 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7165 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7166 in hardware return zero. */
7169 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7171 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7172 struct value
*head
= v
;
7174 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7175 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7178 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7179 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7180 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7181 hardware watchpoint.
7183 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7184 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7185 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7186 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7187 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7188 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7189 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7190 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7191 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7193 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7194 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7195 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7196 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7197 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7199 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7202 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7203 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7204 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7208 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7209 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7210 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7212 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7213 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7214 middle of some value chain. */
7216 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7217 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7219 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7220 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7222 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7229 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7230 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7231 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7232 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7233 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7236 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7237 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7238 return found_memory_cnt
;
7242 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7244 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7248 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7250 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7254 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7256 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7260 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7262 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7266 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7268 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7272 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7274 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7278 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7279 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7281 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7283 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7284 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7287 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7288 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7289 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7292 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7294 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7296 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7298 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7302 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7304 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7305 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7306 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7307 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7308 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7309 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7311 clear_proceed_status ();
7313 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7316 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7317 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7318 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7320 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7321 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7323 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7324 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7327 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7330 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7332 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7335 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7336 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7337 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7338 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7340 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7341 at the very same frame. */
7342 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7343 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7346 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7348 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7351 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7353 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7354 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7355 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7357 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7359 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7362 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7364 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7365 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7366 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7367 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7369 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7371 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7372 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7374 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7375 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7377 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7378 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7379 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7383 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7387 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7389 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7391 while (isspace (**s
))
7395 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7396 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7398 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7399 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7400 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7401 if clause in the arg string. */
7404 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7408 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7411 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7414 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7415 condition string. */
7416 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7419 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7420 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7425 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7426 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7428 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7429 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7430 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7431 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7433 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7434 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7436 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7438 static char filename
[1024];
7443 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7461 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7462 process start/exit, etc. */
7466 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7467 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7472 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7474 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7475 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7476 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7479 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7480 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7481 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7485 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7487 /* The allowed syntax is:
7489 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7491 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7492 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7494 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7495 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7497 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7498 and enable reporting of such events. */
7501 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7502 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7503 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7504 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7506 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7507 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7508 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7509 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7512 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7518 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7520 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7522 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7524 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7528 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7530 /* The allowed syntax is:
7532 catch exec if <cond>
7534 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7535 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7537 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7538 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7540 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7541 and enable reporting of such events. */
7542 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7543 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7546 static enum print_stop_action
7547 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7549 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7551 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7553 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7554 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7555 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7558 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7560 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7562 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7563 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7565 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7566 : " (exception caught), ");
7567 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7569 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7570 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7571 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7572 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7574 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7578 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7580 struct value_print_options opts
;
7581 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7582 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7585 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7586 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7588 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7589 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7594 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7595 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7597 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7601 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7606 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7607 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7608 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7609 : _("Catchpoint "));
7610 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7611 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7615 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7618 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7619 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7620 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7621 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7625 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7626 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7628 char *trigger_func_name
;
7630 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7631 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7633 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7635 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7636 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7637 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7640 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7641 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7647 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7650 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7651 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7653 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7654 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7658 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7660 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7662 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7663 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7665 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7666 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7667 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7669 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7672 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7675 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7678 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7680 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7681 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7684 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7687 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7689 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7690 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7693 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7696 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7697 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7701 struct expression
*cond
,
7702 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7706 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7710 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7712 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7714 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7715 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7716 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7717 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7718 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7719 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7720 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7721 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7722 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7723 enough for now, though. */
7726 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7727 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7729 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7730 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7731 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7732 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7733 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7734 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7735 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7736 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7737 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7742 update_global_location_list (1);
7745 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7748 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7749 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7751 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7753 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7755 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7756 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7757 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7758 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7759 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7761 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7765 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7766 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7767 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7768 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7772 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7774 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7776 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7777 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7780 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7781 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7783 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7785 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7786 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7788 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7790 int i
, syscall_number
;
7795 /* Skip whitespace. */
7796 while (isspace (*arg
))
7799 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7800 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7804 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7805 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7806 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7808 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7811 /* We can issue just a warning, but still create the catchpoint.
7812 This is because, even not knowing the syscall name that
7813 this number represents, we can still try to catch the syscall
7815 warning (_("The number '%d' does not represent a known syscall."),
7820 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7822 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7824 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7825 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7826 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7828 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7831 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7832 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7835 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7839 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7842 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7847 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7849 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7850 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7851 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7852 this architeture yet."));
7854 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7856 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7858 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
7859 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
7860 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
7861 for his/her architecture. */
7862 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
7864 /* The allowed syntax is:
7866 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
7868 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
7871 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
7875 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
7876 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
7879 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
7882 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7884 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7886 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7887 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7888 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7890 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7894 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
7895 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
7896 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7900 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7902 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7907 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7909 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7912 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
7915 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7917 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7918 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
7921 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7922 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7927 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
7932 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7933 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7934 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
7935 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
7936 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7937 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7938 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7939 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7940 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
7941 error (_("No source file specified."));
7949 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
7950 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
7951 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
7952 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
7953 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
7955 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
7956 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
7957 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
7958 due to optimization, all in one block.
7959 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
7960 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
7961 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
7962 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
7963 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
7966 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
7967 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
7968 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
7972 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7974 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
7975 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
7976 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
7979 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
7984 1 0 <can't happen> */
7988 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
7993 /* Are we going to delete b? */
7994 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
7995 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
7996 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
7997 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
7998 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8000 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8001 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8003 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8004 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8005 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8006 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8007 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8008 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8009 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8010 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8011 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8012 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8013 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8014 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8023 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8026 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8027 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8030 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8032 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8035 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8036 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8039 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8040 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8042 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8044 breakpoints_changed ();
8046 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8049 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8050 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8053 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8056 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8057 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8058 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8061 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8063 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8065 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8066 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8067 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8068 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8070 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8075 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8079 /* A comparison function for bp_location A and B being interfaced to qsort.
8080 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8081 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8082 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8083 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8086 bp_location_compare (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
8088 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8089 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8091 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8092 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8094 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8095 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8096 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8098 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8099 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8101 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8102 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8103 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8105 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8108 /* Interface bp_location_compare as the COMPAR parameter of qsort function. */
8111 bp_location_compare_for_qsort (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8113 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8114 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8116 return bp_location_compare (a
, b
);
8119 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8120 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8121 the bp_location array. */
8124 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8126 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8128 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8129 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8133 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8135 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8138 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8139 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8141 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8142 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8143 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8144 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8146 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8148 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8149 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8150 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8151 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8155 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8156 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8157 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8158 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8159 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8160 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8161 returns true on them.
8163 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8164 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8165 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8166 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8167 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8168 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8171 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8173 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8174 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8175 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8177 /* The first bp_location being the only one non-DUPLICATE for the current run
8178 of the same ADDRESS. */
8179 struct bp_location
*loc_first
;
8181 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8182 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8183 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8184 unsigned old_location_count
;
8186 old_location
= bp_location
;
8187 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8189 bp_location_count
= 0;
8190 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8193 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8194 bp_location_count
++;
8196 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8201 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8202 bp_location_compare_for_qsort
);
8204 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8206 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8207 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8208 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8209 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8210 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8212 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8213 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8216 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8219 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8221 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8224 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8225 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8228 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8229 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8230 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8231 && bp_location_compare (*locp
, old_loc
) < 0)
8233 found_object
= locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
&& *locp
== old_loc
;
8235 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8236 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8237 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8238 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8241 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8243 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8245 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8247 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8248 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8253 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8254 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8255 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8257 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8259 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8262 loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8263 && breakpoint_address_match ((*loc2p
)->pspace
->aspace
,
8265 old_loc
->pspace
->aspace
,
8269 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8271 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8272 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8273 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8274 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8277 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8285 if (!keep_in_target
)
8287 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8289 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8290 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8291 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8294 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8295 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8296 after calling us. */
8297 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8298 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8306 if (removed
&& non_stop
)
8308 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
8309 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
8310 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
8311 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
8312 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8313 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
8314 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
8315 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
8316 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
8317 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
8318 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
8319 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
8320 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8321 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8323 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8326 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8330 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section,
8331 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
8332 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
8333 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
8334 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent
8335 breakpoints are sorted first for the same address. */
8338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8340 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8342 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8343 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8344 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8346 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8347 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8350 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8351 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8352 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8353 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8354 "actually inserted"));
8356 if (loc_first
== NULL
8357 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= loc_first
->section
)
8358 || !breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
8359 loc_first
->pspace
->aspace
,
8360 loc_first
->address
))
8369 if (loc_first
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8370 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8371 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8372 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8373 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8376 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8377 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8378 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8379 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8381 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8385 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8387 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8390 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8391 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8393 free_bp_location (loc
);
8394 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8400 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8402 struct gdb_exception e
;
8403 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8404 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8407 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8409 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8412 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8413 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8415 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8417 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8421 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8423 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8425 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8426 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8430 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8434 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8436 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8437 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8439 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8441 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8442 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8444 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8445 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8446 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8447 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8448 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8450 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8451 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8452 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8453 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8454 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8457 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8459 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8460 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8465 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8469 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8470 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8471 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8472 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8473 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8474 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8476 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8477 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8478 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8479 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8480 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8481 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8482 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8483 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8484 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8486 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8487 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8488 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8489 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8490 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8491 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8492 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8493 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8494 with commands won't work. */
8496 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8498 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8499 list, update the global location list. This
8500 will remove locations that used to belong to
8501 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8502 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8503 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8504 design to have location completely self-contained,
8505 but it's not the case now. */
8506 update_global_location_list (0);
8509 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8510 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8511 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8517 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8519 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8523 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8525 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8529 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8531 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8537 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8539 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8540 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8541 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8544 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8545 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8546 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8547 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8548 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8549 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8552 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8557 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8559 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8563 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8564 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8565 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8566 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8567 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8568 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8570 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8575 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8579 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8581 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8582 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8587 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8588 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8589 Null names are ignored. */
8592 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8594 struct bp_location
*l
;
8595 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8596 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8597 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8599 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8602 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8604 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8608 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8610 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8625 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8626 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8630 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8632 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8633 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8634 the common case where all locations are in the same
8635 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8636 retain the location, so that when the library
8637 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8638 status of the individual locations. */
8639 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8644 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8646 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8647 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8649 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8651 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8653 struct gdb_exception e
;
8656 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8658 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8663 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8664 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8665 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8669 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8670 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8671 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8672 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8674 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8676 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8677 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8680 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8681 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8682 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8684 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8686 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8687 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8688 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8689 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8690 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8691 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8692 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8694 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8696 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8698 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8699 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8701 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8702 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8703 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8711 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8712 if (l
->function_name
8713 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8723 update_global_location_list (1);
8727 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8728 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8729 Unused in this case. */
8732 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8734 /* get past catch_errs */
8735 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8739 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8740 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8741 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8743 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8744 struct gdb_exception e
;
8745 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8750 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8754 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8756 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8757 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8760 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8762 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8763 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8767 set_language (b
->language
);
8768 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8771 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8772 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8774 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8776 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8781 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8782 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8783 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8784 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8785 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8786 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8787 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8789 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8790 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8791 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8792 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8794 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8796 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8797 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
8798 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
8799 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
8800 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
8801 which approach is better. */
8802 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
8803 throw_exception (e
);
8809 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
8811 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
8812 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
8814 char *cond_string
= 0;
8818 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
8819 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
8821 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8824 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
8827 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
8830 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8831 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
8835 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8836 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8837 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8838 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
8839 or it can be on local variables.
8841 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
8842 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
8843 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
8846 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8847 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
8848 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
8849 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
8850 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
8851 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8853 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8854 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
8855 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8856 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8858 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8859 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8861 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
8862 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
8863 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
8865 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
8866 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
8872 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
8874 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
8875 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
8876 case bp_overlay_event
:
8877 case bp_longjmp_master
:
8878 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8881 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
8882 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
8883 case bp_shlib_event
:
8885 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
8886 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
8887 case bp_thread_event
:
8889 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
8890 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
8891 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
8892 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
8895 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
8897 case bp_step_resume
:
8899 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
8904 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8908 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
8910 breakpoint_re_set (void)
8912 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8913 enum language save_language
;
8914 int save_input_radix
;
8915 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8917 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
8918 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
8919 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
8921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8923 /* Format possible error msg */
8924 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
8926 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
8927 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
8928 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8930 set_language (save_language
);
8931 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
8933 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
8935 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8937 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
8938 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
8939 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
8940 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
8941 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
8944 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
8946 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
8947 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
8949 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8951 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
8953 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8954 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8956 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
8957 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
8958 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
8960 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8964 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
8965 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
8966 which ends with a period (no newline). */
8969 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
8971 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8977 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
8979 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
8983 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
8985 else if (count
== 1)
8986 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
8989 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
8992 breakpoints_changed ();
8993 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
8997 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9001 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9003 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9007 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9010 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9016 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9018 num
= get_number (&p
);
9020 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9022 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9024 set_ignore_count (num
,
9025 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9028 printf_filtered ("\n");
9031 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9032 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9035 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9040 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9044 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9051 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9054 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9058 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9059 if (b
->number
== num
)
9061 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9064 if (related_breakpoint
)
9065 function (related_breakpoint
);
9069 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9075 static struct bp_location
*
9076 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9078 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9082 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9083 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9088 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9090 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9093 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9098 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9099 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9102 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9104 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9108 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9111 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9117 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9118 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9119 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9122 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9124 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9125 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9126 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9127 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9130 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9131 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9134 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9136 update_global_location_list (0);
9138 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9142 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9144 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9146 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9150 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9156 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9158 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9159 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9160 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9161 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9165 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9167 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9170 update_global_location_list (0);
9173 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9177 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9179 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9182 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9185 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9186 target_resources_ok
=
9187 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9189 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9190 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9191 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9192 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9195 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9196 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9197 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9198 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9200 struct gdb_exception e
;
9202 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9204 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9208 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9214 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9215 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9216 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9217 update_global_location_list (1);
9218 breakpoints_changed ();
9220 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9225 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9227 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9230 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9231 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9232 in stopping the inferior. */
9235 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9237 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9239 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9243 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9249 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9251 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9252 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9253 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9254 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9258 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9260 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9263 update_global_location_list (1);
9266 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9270 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9272 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9276 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9278 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9282 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9284 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9288 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9290 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9294 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9299 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9303 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9305 struct symtabs_and_lines
9306 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9308 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9310 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9311 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9312 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9313 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9314 default_breakpoint_line
,
9315 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9317 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9318 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9320 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9324 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9325 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9326 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9327 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9331 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9332 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9334 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9336 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9338 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9339 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9341 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9343 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9351 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9354 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9356 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9359 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9365 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9367 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9368 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9370 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9373 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9374 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9378 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9380 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9381 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9385 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9386 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9387 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9390 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9391 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9392 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9393 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9394 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9395 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9397 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9399 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9400 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9403 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9406 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9408 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9410 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9412 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9413 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9414 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9415 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9417 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9419 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9420 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9421 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9422 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9426 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9429 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9433 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9435 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9437 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9438 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9446 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9447 non-zero otherwise. */
9449 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9451 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9452 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9453 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9460 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9462 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9464 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9468 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9470 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9472 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9473 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9475 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9479 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9481 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9491 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9493 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9494 char *text
, char *word
)
9496 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9497 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9500 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9502 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9504 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9506 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9507 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9511 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9513 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9515 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9516 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9518 0 /* Ignore count */,
9519 pending_break_support
,
9523 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9526 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9530 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9533 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9535 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9548 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9553 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9554 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9557 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9558 Not supported by all targets. */
9560 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9562 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9565 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9566 Not supported by all targets. */
9568 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9570 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9573 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9575 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9577 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9583 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9585 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9586 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9587 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9592 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9597 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9599 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9603 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9605 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9610 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9613 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9615 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9616 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9617 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9620 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9622 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9626 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9627 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9629 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9631 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9634 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9636 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9639 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9642 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9648 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9649 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9651 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9652 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9654 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9658 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9665 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9667 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9670 if (t
->number
== num
)
9676 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9677 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9678 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9679 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9681 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9683 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9684 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9686 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9688 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9691 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9693 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9696 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9700 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9701 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9704 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9709 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9714 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9715 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9716 allow us to discover this. */
9717 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9721 /* save-tracepoints command */
9723 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9725 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9727 struct action_line
*line
;
9729 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9730 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9732 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9734 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9735 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9737 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9738 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9745 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9749 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9750 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9751 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9753 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9754 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9755 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9757 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9759 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9760 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9763 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9764 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9768 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
9772 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
9774 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
9776 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
9778 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
9779 actionline
= line
->action
;
9780 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
9783 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
9784 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
9786 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
9788 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
9789 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
9791 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
9797 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9799 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
9803 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
9808 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
9809 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9811 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9813 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
9820 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
9821 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
9822 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
9823 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
9824 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
9825 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
9826 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
9827 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
9828 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
9829 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
9830 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
9832 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
9833 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
9835 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
9837 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
9839 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
9840 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
9842 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
9843 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
9845 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
9846 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
9848 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
9849 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9850 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
9851 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9852 char *text
, char *word
),
9853 void *user_data_catch
,
9854 void *user_data_tcatch
)
9856 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
9858 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9860 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9861 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
9862 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9864 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9866 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9867 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
9868 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9872 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
9874 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
9876 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
9877 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
9878 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
9882 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
9884 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
9885 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
9886 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
9888 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
9889 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
9891 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
9892 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
9893 before a breakpoint is set. */
9894 breakpoint_count
= 0;
9896 tracepoint_count
= 0;
9898 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
9899 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
9900 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
9902 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9904 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
9905 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
9906 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
9907 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
9908 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
9909 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
9910 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
9911 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
9913 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
9914 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
9915 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
9916 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
9918 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
9919 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
9920 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
9921 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
9922 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
9924 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
9925 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
9927 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
9928 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
9929 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
9930 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
9932 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
9933 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
9935 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
9936 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
9937 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
9938 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
9940 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
9941 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
9943 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
9944 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
9945 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
9946 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
9947 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
9948 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
9949 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
9951 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
9952 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
9953 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
9954 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
9955 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
9956 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
9958 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9960 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
9961 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
9962 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
9963 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
9964 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
9965 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
9967 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
9968 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9969 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
9972 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
9973 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9974 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
9977 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
9978 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9979 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
9982 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
9983 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9984 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
9987 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
9988 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
9989 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
9990 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
9991 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
9992 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
9993 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9994 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9996 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
9997 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
9998 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
9999 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10000 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10002 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10003 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10004 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10005 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10006 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10007 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10010 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10011 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10012 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10013 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10015 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10016 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10017 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10018 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10019 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10021 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10022 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10023 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10024 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10026 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10027 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10028 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10029 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10030 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10033 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10034 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10035 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10036 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10037 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10038 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10040 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10041 is executing in.\n\
10043 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10045 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10046 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10047 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10048 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10050 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10051 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10052 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10053 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10056 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10060 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10061 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10062 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10063 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10064 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10065 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10066 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10067 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10068 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10069 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10070 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10071 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10072 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10073 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10074 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10075 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10077 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10078 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10079 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10080 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10081 breakpoint set."));
10084 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10085 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10086 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10087 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10088 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10089 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10090 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10091 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10092 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10094 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10095 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10096 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10097 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10098 breakpoint set."));
10101 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10102 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10103 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10104 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10105 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10106 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10107 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10108 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10109 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10111 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10112 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10113 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10114 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10115 breakpoint set."));
10117 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10118 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10119 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10120 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10121 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10122 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10123 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10124 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10125 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10126 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10127 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10128 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10129 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10131 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10132 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10133 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10134 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10136 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10138 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10139 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10140 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10141 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10143 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10144 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10145 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10146 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10148 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10149 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10150 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10151 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10152 catch_catch_command
,
10156 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10157 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10158 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10159 catch_throw_command
,
10163 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10164 catch_fork_command_1
,
10166 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10167 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10168 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10169 catch_fork_command_1
,
10171 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10172 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10173 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10174 catch_exec_command_1
,
10178 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10179 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10180 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10181 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10182 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10183 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10184 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10185 catch_syscall_completer
,
10188 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10189 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10190 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10191 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10195 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10196 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10197 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10198 catch_assert_command
,
10203 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10204 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10205 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10206 an expression changes."));
10207 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10209 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10210 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10211 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10212 an expression is read."));
10213 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10215 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10216 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10217 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10218 an expression is either read or written."));
10219 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10221 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10222 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10225 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10226 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10227 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10228 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10229 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10230 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10231 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10232 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10233 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10236 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10237 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10239 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10241 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10243 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10244 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10246 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10247 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10248 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10250 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10251 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10252 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10253 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10255 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10256 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10257 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10258 last tracepoint set."));
10260 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10262 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10263 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10264 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10265 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10268 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10269 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10270 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10271 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10273 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10275 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10276 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10277 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10278 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10280 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10282 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10283 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10284 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10285 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10286 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10288 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10289 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10290 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10291 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10293 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10294 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10295 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10296 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10297 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10298 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10299 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10300 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10301 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10302 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10303 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10304 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10306 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10307 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10308 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10309 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10310 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10311 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10312 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10313 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10315 show_pending_break_support
,
10316 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10317 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10319 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10321 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10322 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10323 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10324 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10325 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10326 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10327 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10329 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10330 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10331 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10333 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10334 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10335 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10336 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10337 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10338 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10339 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10340 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10341 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10342 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10343 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10344 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10346 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10347 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10348 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10350 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10352 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);